1 /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) 2 * All rights reserved. 3 * 4 * This package is an SSL implementation written 5 * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). 6 * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. 7 * 8 * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as 9 * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions 10 * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, 11 * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation 12 * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms 13 * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). 14 * 15 * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in 16 * the code are not to be removed. 17 * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution 18 * as the author of the parts of the library used. 19 * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or 20 * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. 21 * 22 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 23 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 24 * are met: 25 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright 26 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 27 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 28 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 29 * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 30 * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software 31 * must display the following acknowledgement: 32 * "This product includes cryptographic software written by 33 * Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)" 34 * The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library 35 * being used are not cryptographic related :-). 36 * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 37 * the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: 38 * "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)" 39 * 40 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND 41 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 42 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 43 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 44 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 45 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 46 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 47 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 48 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 49 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 50 * SUCH DAMAGE. 51 * 52 * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or 53 * derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be 54 * copied and put under another distribution licence 55 * [including the GNU Public Licence.] 56 */ 57 /* ==================================================================== 58 * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. 59 * 60 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 61 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 62 * are met: 63 * 64 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 65 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 66 * 67 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 68 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in 69 * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the 70 * distribution. 71 * 72 * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this 73 * software must display the following acknowledgment: 74 * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project 75 * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" 76 * 77 * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to 78 * endorse or promote products derived from this software without 79 * prior written permission. For written permission, please contact 80 * openssl-core@openssl.org. 81 * 82 * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" 83 * nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written 84 * permission of the OpenSSL Project. 85 * 86 * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following 87 * acknowledgment: 88 * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project 89 * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" 90 * 91 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY 92 * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 93 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 94 * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR 95 * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 96 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT 97 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; 98 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 99 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 100 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) 101 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED 102 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 103 * ==================================================================== 104 * 105 * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young 106 * (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim 107 * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). 108 * 109 */ 110 /* ==================================================================== 111 * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 112 * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by 113 * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. 114 */ 115 /* ==================================================================== 116 * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 117 * 118 * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by 119 * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source 120 * license. 121 * 122 * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of 123 * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites 124 * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. 125 * 126 * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in 127 * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received 128 * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. 129 * 130 * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not 131 * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third 132 * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights 133 * to make use of the Contribution. 134 * 135 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN 136 * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA 137 * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY 138 * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR 139 * OTHERWISE. 140 */ 141 142 #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 143 #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 144 145 #include <openssl/base.h> 146 147 #include <openssl/bio.h> 148 #include <openssl/buf.h> 149 #include <openssl/pem.h> 150 #include <openssl/span.h> 151 #include <openssl/ssl3.h> 152 #include <openssl/thread.h> 153 #include <openssl/tls1.h> 154 #include <openssl/x509.h> 155 156 #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) 157 #include <sys/time.h> 158 #endif 159 160 // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and 161 // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. 162 // However, only a forward declaration is needed. 163 struct timeval; 164 165 #if defined(__cplusplus) 166 extern "C" { 167 #endif 168 169 170 // SSL implementation. 171 172 173 // SSL contexts. 174 // 175 // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS 176 // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by 177 // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. 178 // 179 // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across 180 // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s 181 // configuration may not be used. 182 183 // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections. 184 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); 185 186 // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. 187 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); 188 189 // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of 190 // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method| 191 // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with 192 // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 193 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void); 194 195 // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of 196 // crypto/x509. 197 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void); 198 199 // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL 200 // on error. 201 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); 202 203 // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one. 204 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx); 205 206 // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. 207 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); 208 209 210 // SSL connections. 211 // 212 // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the 213 // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be 214 // used on one thread at a time. 215 216 // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new 217 // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may 218 // also be individually configured on the connection. 219 // 220 // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call 221 // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. 222 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); 223 224 // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. 225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); 226 227 // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If 228 // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial 229 // one. 230 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); 231 232 // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. 233 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); 234 235 // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. 236 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); 237 238 // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero 239 // otherwise. 240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl); 241 242 // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise. 243 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl); 244 245 // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| 246 // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| 247 // only takes ownership of one reference. 248 // 249 // In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to properly handle timeouts and 250 // retransmits. 251 // 252 // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that 253 // side is left untouched and is not freed. 254 // 255 // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl| 256 // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that 257 // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for 258 // historical reasons. 259 // 260 // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this 261 // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer 262 // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead. 263 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); 264 265 // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of 266 // |rbio|. 267 // 268 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the 269 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. 270 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio); 271 272 // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of 273 // |wbio|. 274 // 275 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the 276 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. 277 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio); 278 279 // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. 280 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); 281 282 // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. 283 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); 284 285 // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|. 286 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl); 287 288 // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read 289 // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file 290 // descriptor then it returns -1. 291 // 292 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast 293 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or 294 // socket |BIO|. 295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl); 296 297 // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write 298 // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file 299 // descriptor then it returns -1. 300 // 301 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast 302 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or 303 // socket |BIO|. 304 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl); 305 306 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK) 307 // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one 308 // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of 309 // |fd|. 310 // 311 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 312 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 313 314 // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and 315 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. 316 // 317 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 318 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 319 320 // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and 321 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. 322 // 323 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 324 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 325 #endif // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK 326 327 // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the 328 // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it 329 // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to 330 // determine how to proceed. 331 // 332 // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error| 333 // signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the 334 // current timeout. If it expires before the next retry, call 335 // |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions use fresh 336 // sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the transport. 337 // 338 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 339 // https://crbug.com/466303. 340 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); 341 342 // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls 343 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); 345 346 // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls 347 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 348 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); 349 350 // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs 351 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it 352 // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller 353 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. 354 // 355 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 356 // https://crbug.com/466303. 357 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); 358 359 // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. 360 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); 361 362 // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for 363 // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport. 364 // 365 // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is 366 // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example, 367 // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave 368 // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to 369 // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|. 370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); 371 372 // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available 373 // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet 374 // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero. 375 // 376 // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one 377 // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is 378 // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero. 379 // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the 380 // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. 381 // 382 // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may 383 // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data 384 // may be invalid or incomplete. 385 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl); 386 387 // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs 388 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it 389 // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller 390 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. 391 // 392 // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that 393 // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the 394 // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the 395 // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not 396 // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with 397 // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be 398 // unchanged. 399 // 400 // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes 401 // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It 402 // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the 403 // input was written in a single record. 404 // 405 // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and 406 // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a 407 // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a 408 // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most 409 // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|. 410 // 411 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 412 // https://crbug.com/466303. 413 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); 414 415 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate 416 // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on 417 // the connection. 418 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1 419 420 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with 421 // it's own KeyUpdate message. 422 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0 423 424 // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl| 425 // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the 426 // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a 427 // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error. 428 // 429 // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to 430 // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with 431 // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is 432 // pending. 433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type); 434 435 // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends 436 // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero 437 // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally 438 // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received. 439 // 440 // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a 441 // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data 442 // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read 443 // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead. 444 // 445 // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to 446 // determine how to proceed. 447 // 448 // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is 449 // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is 450 // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport 451 // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS. 452 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); 453 454 // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If 455 // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one 456 // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. 457 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); 458 459 // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for 460 // |ctx|. 461 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 462 463 // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, 464 // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the 465 // peer. It will instead synchronously return one. 466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); 467 468 // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for 469 // |ssl|. 470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); 471 472 // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on 473 // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the 474 // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry. 475 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); 476 477 // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. 478 #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 479 480 // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller 481 // may inspect the error queue for more information. 482 #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 483 484 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from 485 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready 486 // for reading. 487 // 488 // If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call 489 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See 490 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 491 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 492 493 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to 494 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready 495 // for writing. 496 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 497 498 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the 499 // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the 500 // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured 501 // externally. 502 // 503 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. 504 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 505 506 // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library. 507 // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is 508 // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It 509 // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the 510 // operation's return value will be zero. 511 #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 512 513 // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection 514 // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. 515 #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 516 517 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect 518 // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the 519 // operation when the transport is ready. 520 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 521 522 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a 523 // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The 524 // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. 525 // 526 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. 527 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 528 529 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used. 530 // 531 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying 532 // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead. 533 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 534 535 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session 536 // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry 537 // the operation when lookup has completed. 538 // 539 // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. 540 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 541 542 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the 543 // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may 544 // retry the operation when lookup has completed. 545 // 546 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. 547 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 548 549 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because 550 // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation 551 // when the private key operation is complete. 552 // 553 // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method| and 554 // |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|. 555 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 556 557 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The 558 // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready. 559 // 560 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|. 561 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14 562 563 // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The 564 // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations 565 // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be 566 // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry. 567 #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15 568 569 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because 570 // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation 571 // when certificate verification is complete. 572 // 573 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 574 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16 575 576 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17 577 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18 578 579 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to 580 // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call 581 // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation. 582 // 583 // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|. 584 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19 585 586 // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough 587 // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also 588 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|. 589 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20 590 591 // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err| 592 // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL 593 // if the value is unrecognized. 594 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err); 595 596 // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success 597 // and zero on failure. 598 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); 599 600 // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS 601 // handshake timeout. 602 // 603 // This duration overrides the default of 1 second, which is the strong 604 // recommendation of RFC 6347 (see section 4.2.4.1). However, there may exist 605 // situations where a shorter timeout would be beneficial, such as for 606 // time-sensitive applications. 607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl, 608 unsigned duration_ms); 609 610 // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a 611 // timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one. 612 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 613 // 614 // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the 615 // retransmit behavior. 616 // 617 // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state 618 // machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. 619 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); 620 621 // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no 622 // timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous 623 // flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired 624 // without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1. 625 // 626 // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries 627 // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but 628 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. 629 // 630 // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns 631 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due 632 // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. However, the operation may not be 633 // retried until the next timeout fires. 634 // 635 // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. 636 // 637 // TODO(davidben): This |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| behavior is kind of bizarre. 638 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); 639 640 641 // Protocol versions. 642 643 #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe 644 #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 645 646 #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 647 #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 648 #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 649 #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 650 #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304 651 652 #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff 653 #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd 654 655 // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to 656 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It 657 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 659 uint16_t version); 660 661 // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to 662 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It 663 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 664 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 665 uint16_t version); 666 667 // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx| 668 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 669 670 // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx| 671 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 672 673 // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to 674 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It 675 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 676 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); 677 678 // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to 679 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It 680 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 681 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); 682 683 // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If 684 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. 685 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); 686 687 // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If 688 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. 689 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); 690 691 // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is 692 // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version 693 // is negotiated, the result is undefined. 694 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); 695 696 697 // Options. 698 // 699 // Options configure protocol behavior. 700 701 // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying 702 // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. 703 #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L 704 705 // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). 706 #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L 707 708 // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and 709 // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the 710 // client's. 711 #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L 712 713 // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. 714 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| 715 // instead. 716 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L 717 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L 718 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L 719 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L 720 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 721 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 722 723 // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one 724 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 725 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 726 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); 727 728 // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be 729 // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 730 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 731 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); 732 733 // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all 734 // the options enabled for |ctx|. 735 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 736 737 // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or 738 // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 739 // representing the resulting enabled options. 740 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); 741 742 // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one 743 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a 744 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 745 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); 746 747 // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the 748 // options enabled for |ssl|. 749 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); 750 751 752 // Modes. 753 // 754 // Modes configure API behavior. 755 756 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a 757 // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single 758 // record. In DTLS, it does nothing. 759 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L 760 761 // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete 762 // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the 763 // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the 764 // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking 765 // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing. 766 #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L 767 768 // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain 769 // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature 770 // disabled) by default. 771 // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42. 772 #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L 773 774 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before 775 // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes 776 // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918. 777 // 778 // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the 779 // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point, 780 // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before 781 // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the 782 // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|, 783 // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 784 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L 785 786 // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be 787 // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will 788 // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST 789 // attacks. 790 #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L 791 792 // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to 793 // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that 794 // session resumption is used for a given SSL*. 795 #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L 796 797 // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. 798 // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol 799 // version; see RFC 7507 for details. 800 // 801 // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use 802 // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. 803 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L 804 805 // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more 806 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask 807 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 808 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); 809 810 // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or 811 // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 812 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. 813 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); 814 815 // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all 816 // the modes enabled for |ssl|. 817 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 818 819 // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of 820 // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 821 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 822 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); 823 824 // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more 825 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 826 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 827 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); 828 829 // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the 830 // modes enabled for |ssl|. 831 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); 832 833 // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to 834 // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share 835 // certificates and thus save memory. 836 // 837 // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure 838 // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|, 839 // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|. 840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx, 841 CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool); 842 843 844 // Configuring certificates and private keys. 845 // 846 // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and 847 // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on 848 // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates 849 // use these functions. 850 // 851 // Certificates and keys may be configured before the handshake or dynamically 852 // in the early callback and certificate callback. 853 854 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns 855 // one on success and zero on failure. 856 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 857 858 // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one 859 // on success and zero on failure. 860 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 861 862 // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on 863 // success and zero on failure. 864 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); 865 866 // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on 867 // success and zero on failure. 868 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); 869 870 // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 871 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. 872 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 873 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 874 875 // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 876 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains 877 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. 878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 879 880 // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 881 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. 882 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 883 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 884 885 // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 886 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains 887 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. 888 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 889 890 // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On 891 // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns 892 // zero. 893 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 894 895 // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It 896 // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of 897 // |x509| and may release it freely. 898 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 899 900 // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, 901 // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. 902 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 903 904 // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. 905 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 906 907 // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns 908 // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| 909 // and may release it freely. 910 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 911 912 // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns 913 // one. 914 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); 915 916 // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. 917 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); 918 919 // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. 920 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); 921 922 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. 923 // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative 924 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, 925 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 926 // 927 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 928 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate 929 // request. 930 // 931 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been 932 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs 933 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. 934 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 935 int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), 936 void *arg); 937 938 // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The 939 // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative 940 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, 941 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 942 // 943 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 944 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate 945 // request. 946 // 947 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been 948 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs 949 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. 950 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), 951 void *arg); 952 953 // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array 954 // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the 955 // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server 956 // will instead send signature algorithms. See 957 // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|. 958 // 959 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 960 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 961 // handshake is paused because of them. 962 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl, 963 const uint8_t **out_types); 964 965 // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing 966 // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of 967 // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only 968 // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the 969 // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|. 970 // 971 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 972 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 973 // handshake is paused because of them. 974 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t 975 SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); 976 977 // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array 978 // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated 979 // credentials. It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty 980 // array is returned. 981 // 982 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 983 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 984 // handshake is paused because of them. 985 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t 986 SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, 987 const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); 988 989 // SSL_certs_clear resets the private key, leaf certificate, and certificate 990 // chain of |ssl|. 991 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); 992 993 // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key 994 // configured in |ctx| are consistent and zero otherwise. 995 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 996 997 // SSL_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key 998 // configured in |ssl| are consistent and zero otherwise. 999 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); 1000 1001 // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. 1002 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1003 1004 // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. 1005 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); 1006 1007 // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. 1008 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1009 1010 // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. 1011 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); 1012 1013 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and 1014 // returns one. 1015 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, 1016 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1017 1018 // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. 1019 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, 1020 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1021 1022 // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and 1023 // returns one. 1024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, 1025 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1026 1027 // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate 1028 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must 1029 // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp 1030 // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT 1031 // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or 1032 // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It 1033 // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of 1034 // |list|. 1035 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1036 const uint8_t *list, 1037 size_t list_len); 1038 1039 // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate 1040 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the 1041 // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller 1042 // retains ownership of |list|. 1043 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx, 1044 const uint8_t *list, 1045 size_t list_len); 1046 1047 // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients 1048 // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller 1049 // retains ownership of |response|. 1050 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1051 const uint8_t *response, 1052 size_t response_len); 1053 1054 // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which 1055 // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains 1056 // ownership of |response|. 1057 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl, 1058 const uint8_t *response, 1059 size_t response_len); 1060 1061 // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3. 1062 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201 1063 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401 1064 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501 1065 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601 1066 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203 1067 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403 1068 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503 1069 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603 1070 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804 1071 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805 1072 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806 1073 #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807 1074 1075 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to 1076 // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS 1077 // before TLS 1.2. 1078 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01 1079 1080 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|, 1081 // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms 1082 // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2. 1083 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg, 1084 int include_curve); 1085 1086 // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings 1087 // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. 1088 // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it 1089 // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be 1090 // initially set to zero to size the output. 1091 // 1092 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1093 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1094 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1095 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1096 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1097 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1098 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out, 1099 size_t max_out); 1100 1101 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with 1102 // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown. 1103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg); 1104 1105 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated 1106 // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown. 1107 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest( 1108 uint16_t sigalg); 1109 1110 // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS 1111 // signature algorithm and zero otherwise. 1112 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg); 1113 1114 // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the 1115 // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on 1116 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value 1117 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 1118 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1119 const uint16_t *prefs, 1120 size_t num_prefs); 1121 1122 // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the 1123 // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on 1124 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value 1125 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 1126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, 1127 const uint16_t *prefs, 1128 size_t num_prefs); 1129 1130 1131 // Certificate and private key convenience functions. 1132 1133 // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a 1134 // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| 1135 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| 1136 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. 1137 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key( 1138 SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, 1139 EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); 1140 1141 // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS 1142 // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| 1143 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| 1144 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. 1145 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key( 1146 SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey, 1147 const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); 1148 1149 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by 1150 // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this 1151 // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set. 1152 // 1153 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then 1154 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may 1155 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with 1156 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) 1157 // 1158 // There is no |SSL*| version of this function because connections discard 1159 // configuration after handshaking, thus making it of questionable utility. 1160 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER)* 1161 SSL_CTX_get0_chain(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1162 1163 // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one 1164 // on success and zero on failure. 1165 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); 1166 1167 // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on 1168 // success and zero on failure. 1169 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); 1170 1171 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as 1172 // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on 1173 // failure. 1174 1175 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len, 1176 const uint8_t *der); 1177 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, 1178 size_t der_len); 1179 1180 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, 1181 const uint8_t *der, 1182 size_t der_len); 1183 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, 1184 const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len); 1185 1186 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1187 const uint8_t *der, 1188 size_t der_len); 1189 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, 1190 size_t der_len); 1191 1192 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as 1193 // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The 1194 // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether 1195 // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. 1196 1197 #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1 1198 #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2 1199 1200 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1201 const char *file, 1202 int type); 1203 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1204 int type); 1205 1206 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, 1207 int type); 1208 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1209 int type); 1210 1211 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, 1212 int type); 1213 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1214 int type); 1215 1216 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It 1217 // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed 1218 // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on 1219 // success and zero on failure. 1220 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1221 const char *file); 1222 1223 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based 1224 // convenience functions called on |ctx|. 1225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1226 pem_password_cb *cb); 1227 1228 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by 1229 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|. 1230 OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb( 1231 const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1232 1233 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for 1234 // |ctx|'s password callback. 1235 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1236 void *data); 1237 1238 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by 1239 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|. 1240 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1241 1242 1243 // Custom private keys. 1244 1245 enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 1246 ssl_private_key_success, 1247 ssl_private_key_retry, 1248 ssl_private_key_failure, 1249 }; 1250 1251 // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private 1252 // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom, 1253 // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type 1254 // and size are parsed out of the certificate. 1255 // 1256 // Callers that use this structure should additionally call 1257 // |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| or |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| 1258 // with the private key's capabilities. This ensures BoringSSL will select a 1259 // suitable signature algorithm for the private key. 1260 struct ssl_private_key_method_st { 1261 // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On 1262 // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out| 1263 // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes 1264 // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation 1265 // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should 1266 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 1267 // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|. 1268 // 1269 // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS 1270 // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve 1271 // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values 1272 // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic 1273 // where appropriate. 1274 // 1275 // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in 1276 // progress on |ssl|. 1277 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, 1278 size_t max_out, 1279 uint16_t signature_algorithm, 1280 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 1281 1282 // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it 1283 // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of 1284 // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes 1285 // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation 1286 // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should 1287 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 1288 // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This 1289 // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption 1290 // operation with no padding. 1291 // 1292 // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in 1293 // progress on |ssl|. 1294 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1295 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out, 1296 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 1297 1298 // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it 1299 // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in 1300 // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and 1301 // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. 1302 // 1303 // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it 1304 // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress 1305 // on |ssl|. 1306 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1307 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); 1308 }; 1309 1310 // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. 1311 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. 1312 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( 1313 SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 1314 1315 // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|. 1316 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. 1317 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method( 1318 SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 1319 1320 // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the 1321 // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can 1322 // release state associated with the private key. 1323 // 1324 // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse 1325 // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still 1326 // use the private key on the second connection. 1327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl); 1328 1329 1330 // Cipher suites. 1331 // 1332 // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. 1333 1334 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) 1335 1336 // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher 1337 // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See 1338 // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. 1339 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); 1340 1341 // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its 1342 // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be 1343 // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it. 1344 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1345 1346 // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number. 1347 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1348 1349 // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher. 1350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1351 1352 // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. 1353 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1354 1355 // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk 1356 // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|, 1357 // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and 1358 // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|. 1359 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1360 1361 // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a 1362 // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see 1363 // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|. 1364 // 1365 // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash. 1366 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1367 1368 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may 1369 // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3, 1370 // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns 1371 // |NID_kx_any|. 1372 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1373 1374 // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication 1375 // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS 1376 // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this 1377 // function returns |NID_auth_any|. 1378 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1379 1380 // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher| 1381 // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use 1382 // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all 1383 // applicable versions. 1384 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest( 1385 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1386 1387 // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but 1388 // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead. 1389 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1390 1391 // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required 1392 // for |cipher|. 1393 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1394 1395 // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that 1396 // supports |cipher|. 1397 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1398 1399 // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For 1400 // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". 1401 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1402 1403 // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example, 1404 // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use 1405 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead. 1406 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1407 1408 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange 1409 // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only 1410 // ciphers return the string "GENERIC". 1411 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1412 1413 // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If 1414 // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the 1415 // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. 1416 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, 1417 int *out_alg_bits); 1418 1419 // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings 1420 // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at 1421 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 1422 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 1423 // to zero to size the output. 1424 // 1425 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1426 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1427 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1428 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1429 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1430 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1431 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out, 1432 size_t max_out); 1433 1434 1435 // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings 1436 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes 1437 // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 1438 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 1439 // to zero to size the output. 1440 // 1441 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1442 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1443 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1444 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1445 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1446 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1447 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out, 1448 size_t max_out); 1449 1450 1451 // Cipher suite configuration. 1452 // 1453 // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language 1454 // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of 1455 // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a 1456 // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of 1457 // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. 1458 // 1459 // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a 1460 // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. 1461 // 1462 // Available opcodes are: 1463 // 1464 // The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the 1465 // end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to 1466 // each other matching their order in the disabled list. 1467 // 1468 // |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled 1469 // list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the 1470 // most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other 1471 // disabled ciphers if re-enabled. 1472 // 1473 // |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with 1474 // relative order preserved. 1475 // 1476 // |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted 1477 // ciphers will not matched by future operations. 1478 // 1479 // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL 1480 // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final 1481 // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| 1482 // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. 1483 // 1484 // Available cipher rules are: 1485 // 1486 // |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be 1487 // named explicitly. 1488 // 1489 // |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, 1490 // ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is 1491 // matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. 1492 // 1493 // |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and 1494 // a pre-shared key, respectively. 1495 // 1496 // |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the 1497 // corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not 1498 // |aRSA|. 1499 // 1500 // |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers 1501 // whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that 1502 // |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. 1503 // 1504 // |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1. 1505 // 1506 // Deprecated cipher rules: 1507 // 1508 // |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, 1509 // |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. 1510 // 1511 // |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|. 1512 // 1513 // |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|. 1514 // 1515 // |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. 1516 // |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not 1517 // be used. 1518 // 1519 // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with 1520 // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long 1521 // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of 1522 // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators. 1523 // 1524 // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. 1525 // 1526 // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands 1527 // to the default ordering of available ciphers. 1528 // 1529 // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to 1530 // partially respect the client's preferences when 1531 // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference 1532 // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to 1533 // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 1534 // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square 1535 // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: 1536 // 1537 // [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256] 1538 // 1539 // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be 1540 // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed. 1541 // 1542 // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a 1543 // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS 1544 // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers. 1545 1546 // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is 1547 // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. 1548 #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" 1549 1550 // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, 1551 // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains 1552 // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1554 const char *str); 1555 1556 // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating 1557 // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1558 // 1559 // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates 1560 // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. 1561 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); 1562 1563 // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating 1564 // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything 1565 // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1566 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 1567 1568 // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as 1569 // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1570 // 1571 // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage 1572 // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. 1573 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 1574 1575 // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of 1576 // preference. 1577 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1578 1579 // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see 1580 // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one 1581 // following it and zero otherwise. 1582 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i); 1583 1584 // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. 1585 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); 1586 1587 1588 // Connection information. 1589 1590 // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake 1591 // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise. 1592 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl); 1593 1594 // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero 1595 // otherwise. 1596 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl); 1597 1598 // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in 1599 // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the 1600 // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application 1601 // data. 1602 // 1603 // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|. 1604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl); 1605 1606 // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the 1607 // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the 1608 // result to release it. 1609 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); 1610 1611 // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if 1612 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1613 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1614 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1615 // 1616 // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If 1617 // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. 1618 // If a client, it does. 1619 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); 1620 1621 // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if 1622 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1623 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1624 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1625 // 1626 // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function 1627 // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value 1628 // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast, 1629 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the 1630 // |ssl| is a server. 1631 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); 1632 1633 // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if 1634 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1635 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1636 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1637 // 1638 // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|. 1639 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 1640 SSL_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL *ssl); 1641 1642 // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to 1643 // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if 1644 // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList 1645 // (including the two leading length bytes). 1646 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 1647 // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. 1648 // 1649 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1650 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, 1651 const uint8_t **out, 1652 size_t *out_len); 1653 1654 // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| 1655 // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an 1656 // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. 1657 // 1658 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1659 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, 1660 size_t *out_len); 1661 1662 // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value 1663 // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It 1664 // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at 1665 // least 12. 1666 // 1667 // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. 1668 // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since 1669 // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level 1670 // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the 1671 // tls-unique value can be read. 1672 // 1673 // The tls-unique value is defined by 1674 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the 1675 // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the 1676 // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will 1677 // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when 1678 // negotiating the original session. 1679 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1680 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); 1681 1682 // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or 1683 // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. 1684 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); 1685 1686 // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has 1687 // not been negotiated yet. 1688 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); 1689 1690 // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake 1691 // and zero otherwise. 1692 // 1693 // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, 1694 // initial or renego, is in progress. 1695 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); 1696 1697 // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure 1698 // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero. 1699 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); 1700 1701 // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as 1702 // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and 1703 // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| 1704 // flag controls whether a context is included.) 1705 // 1706 // It returns one on success and zero otherwise. 1707 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material( 1708 SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len, 1709 const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context); 1710 1711 1712 // Sessions. 1713 // 1714 // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an 1715 // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once 1716 // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on 1717 // different threads and must not be modified. 1718 // 1719 // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level 1720 // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all 1721 // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS 1722 // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time. 1723 1724 DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) 1725 1726 // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on 1727 // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be 1728 // used. 1729 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1730 1731 // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns 1732 // one. 1733 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); 1734 1735 // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches 1736 // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. 1737 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); 1738 1739 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets 1740 // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes 1741 // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns 1742 // one on success and zero on error. 1743 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, 1744 uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); 1745 1746 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session 1747 // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. 1748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, 1749 uint8_t **out_data, 1750 size_t *out_len); 1751 1752 // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It 1753 // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. 1754 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes( 1755 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len, const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1756 1757 // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version 1758 // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". 1759 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1760 1761 // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session| 1762 // was established at. 1763 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t 1764 SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1765 1766 // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to 1767 // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be 1768 // used. It returns one on success and zero on error. 1769 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session, 1770 uint16_t version); 1771 1772 // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID. 1773 #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 1774 1775 // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s 1776 // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. 1777 // 1778 // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS 1779 // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session 1780 // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not 1781 // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an 1782 // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. 1783 // 1784 // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead. 1785 // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases. 1786 // 1787 // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes 1788 // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be 1789 // removed in the future. 1790 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1791 unsigned *out_len); 1792 1793 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on 1794 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but 1795 // otherwise should not be used. 1796 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid, 1797 size_t sid_len); 1798 1799 // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in 1800 // seconds since the UNIX epoch. 1801 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1802 1803 // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. 1804 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1805 1806 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in 1807 // |session|. 1808 // 1809 // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. 1810 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1811 1812 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored 1813 // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the 1814 // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain 1815 // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1816 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 1817 SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1818 1819 // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to 1820 // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is 1821 // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a 1822 // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See 1823 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then 1824 // |*out_len| will be zero on return. 1825 // 1826 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1827 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list( 1828 const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len); 1829 1830 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to 1831 // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER 1832 // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. 1833 // 1834 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1835 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1836 const uint8_t **out, 1837 size_t *out_len); 1838 1839 // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret. 1840 #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 1841 1842 // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret 1843 // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it 1844 // returns the size of the secret. 1845 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1846 uint8_t *out, size_t max_out); 1847 1848 // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns 1849 // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not 1850 // be used. 1851 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, 1852 uint64_t time); 1853 1854 // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns 1855 // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not 1856 // be used. 1857 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, 1858 uint32_t timeout); 1859 1860 // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing 1861 // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and 1862 // sets |*out_len| to its length. 1863 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context( 1864 const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len); 1865 1866 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see 1867 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and 1868 // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise 1869 // should not be used. 1870 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, 1871 const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 1872 size_t sid_ctx_len); 1873 1874 // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be 1875 // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise. 1876 // 1877 // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each 1878 // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with 1879 // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be 1880 // used without leaking a correlator. 1881 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1882 1883 // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a 1884 // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not 1885 // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server, 1886 // or associated with incompatible parameters. 1887 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1888 1889 // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero 1890 // otherwise. 1891 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1892 1893 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s 1894 // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL 1895 // if only the ticket length is needed. 1896 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1897 const uint8_t **out_ticket, 1898 size_t *out_len); 1899 1900 // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on 1901 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but 1902 // otherwise should not be used. 1903 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session, 1904 const uint8_t *ticket, 1905 size_t ticket_len); 1906 1907 // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of 1908 // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set. 1909 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t 1910 SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1911 1912 // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which 1913 // established |session|. 1914 // 1915 // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session| 1916 // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL| 1917 // instead. 1918 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher( 1919 const SSL_SESSION *session); 1920 1921 // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of 1922 // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a 1923 // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also 1924 // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. 1925 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1926 1927 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256 1928 // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it 1929 // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. 1930 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1931 const uint8_t **out_ptr, 1932 size_t *out_len); 1933 1934 1935 // Session caching. 1936 // 1937 // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based 1938 // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see 1939 // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier 1940 // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the 1941 // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full 1942 // handshake. 1943 // 1944 // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A 1945 // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if 1946 // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more 1947 // information on the latter, see the next section. 1948 // 1949 // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an 1950 // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and 1951 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In 1952 // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple 1953 // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to 1954 // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to 1955 // toggle the internal cache. 1956 // 1957 // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use 1958 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are 1959 // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections, 1960 // configured with |SSL_set_session|. 1961 // 1962 // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate 1963 // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across 1964 // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising 1965 // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must 1966 // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with, 1967 // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use 1968 // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition 1969 // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. 1970 // 1971 // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers 1972 // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this, 1973 // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the 1974 // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See 1975 // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details. 1976 1977 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. 1978 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 1979 1980 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal 1981 // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks. 1982 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 1983 1984 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. 1985 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 1986 1987 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server. 1988 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) 1989 1990 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling 1991 // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. 1992 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 1993 1994 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session 1995 // from the internal session cache. 1996 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 1997 1998 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in 1999 // the internal session cache. 2000 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 2001 2002 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session 2003 // cache. 2004 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ 2005 (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) 2006 2007 // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to 2008 // |mode|. It returns the previous value. 2009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); 2010 2011 // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for 2012 // |ctx| 2013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2014 2015 // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| 2016 // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of 2017 // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the 2018 // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before 2019 // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|, 2020 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and 2021 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|. 2022 // 2023 // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun. 2024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); 2025 2026 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a 2027 // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the 2028 // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material. 2029 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) 2030 2031 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a 2032 // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the 2033 // secret as an authenticator. 2034 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2035 2036 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in 2037 // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the 2038 // signature in the initial handshake. 2039 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2040 2041 // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) 2042 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. 2043 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout); 2044 2045 // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3 2046 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. 2047 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2048 uint32_t timeout); 2049 2050 // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) 2051 // sessions created in |ctx|. 2052 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2053 2054 // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context. 2055 #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 2056 2057 // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. 2058 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an 2059 // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a 2060 // connection without a matching session ID context. 2061 // 2062 // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a 2063 // session ID context. 2064 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2065 const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 2066 size_t sid_ctx_len); 2067 2068 // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It 2069 // returns one on success and zero on error. See also 2070 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. 2071 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 2072 size_t sid_ctx_len); 2073 2074 // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context 2075 // and sets |*out_len| to its length. It returns NULL on error. 2076 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl, 2077 size_t *out_len); 2078 2079 // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session 2080 // cache. 2081 #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) 2082 2083 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session 2084 // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. 2085 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2086 unsigned long size); 2087 2088 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal 2089 // session cache. 2090 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2091 2092 // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal 2093 // session cache. 2094 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2095 2096 // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It 2097 // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the 2098 // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|. 2099 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2100 2101 // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. 2102 // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache. 2103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2104 2105 // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as 2106 // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. 2107 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time); 2108 2109 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is 2110 // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the 2111 // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is 2112 // unset), the callback is not called. 2113 // 2114 // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes 2115 // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A 2116 // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return 2117 // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes 2118 // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and 2119 // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling 2120 // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero. 2121 // 2122 // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a 2123 // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after 2124 // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus 2125 // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on 2126 // handshake completion. 2127 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( 2128 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); 2129 2130 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by 2131 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. 2132 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2133 SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); 2134 2135 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is 2136 // removed from the internal session cache. 2137 // 2138 // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it 2139 // only fires on sessions in the internal cache. 2140 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( 2141 SSL_CTX *ctx, 2142 void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); 2143 2144 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by 2145 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. 2146 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2147 SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2148 2149 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a 2150 // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching 2151 // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and 2152 // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a 2153 // client. 2154 // 2155 // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL 2156 // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting 2157 // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If 2158 // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be 2159 // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, 2160 // whereas the callback may synchronize internally. 2161 // 2162 // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return 2163 // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and 2164 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. 2165 // 2166 // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if 2167 // the internal cache does not return a match. 2168 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( 2169 SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, 2170 int id_len, int *out_copy)); 2171 2172 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by 2173 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. 2174 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2175 SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); 2176 2177 // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates 2178 // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then 2179 // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later 2180 // when the lookup has completed. 2181 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); 2182 2183 2184 // Session tickets. 2185 // 2186 // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side 2187 // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque 2188 // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the 2189 // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state. 2190 // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with 2191 // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. 2192 // 2193 // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. 2194 // Callers do not need to handle them differently. 2195 // 2196 // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. 2197 // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by 2198 // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted 2199 // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure 2200 // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation 2201 // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are 2202 // three levels of customisation possible: 2203 // 2204 // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|. 2205 // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for 2206 // encryption and authentication. 2207 // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control 2208 // and the option of asynchronous decryption. 2209 // 2210 // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate 2211 // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application 2212 // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be 2213 // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated 2214 // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not. 2215 2216 // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the 2217 // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any 2218 // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is 2219 // disabled. 2220 #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2221 2222 // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to 2223 // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not 2224 // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. 2225 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, 2226 size_t len); 2227 2228 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to 2229 // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not 2230 // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. 2231 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, 2232 size_t len); 2233 2234 // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session 2235 // ticket. 2236 #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 2237 2238 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and 2239 // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when 2240 // decrypting a ticket from the client. 2241 // 2242 // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with 2243 // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| 2244 // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| 2245 // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. 2246 // 2247 // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public 2248 // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length 2249 // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, 2250 // |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error. 2251 // 2252 // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a 2253 // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must 2254 // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, 2255 // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket 2256 // failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed. 2257 // This may be used to re-key the ticket. 2258 // 2259 // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is 2260 // called in two different modes. 2261 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( 2262 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, 2263 EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, 2264 int encrypt)); 2265 2266 // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a 2267 // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|. 2268 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 2269 // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully 2270 // decrypted. 2271 ssl_ticket_aead_success, 2272 // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be 2273 // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later 2274 // point. 2275 ssl_ticket_aead_retry, 2276 // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored 2277 // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable). 2278 ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket, 2279 // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the 2280 // handshake should be terminated. 2281 ssl_ticket_aead_error, 2282 }; 2283 2284 // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods 2285 // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets. 2286 struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st { 2287 // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal| 2288 // may add. 2289 size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl); 2290 2291 // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, 2292 // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in 2293 // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise 2294 // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error. 2295 int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len, 2296 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 2297 2298 // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, 2299 // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes 2300 // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will 2301 // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the 2302 // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should 2303 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 2304 // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|. 2305 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, 2306 size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in, 2307 size_t in_len); 2308 }; 2309 2310 // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table 2311 // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. 2312 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method( 2313 SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method); 2314 2315 // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3 2316 // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|, 2317 // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and 2318 // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it. 2319 // 2320 // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket 2321 // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three 2322 // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message. 2323 // 2324 // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3 2325 // clients that are handling the record layer externally. 2326 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket( 2327 SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len); 2328 2329 // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately 2330 // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large 2331 // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library. 2332 // 2333 // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets. 2334 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets); 2335 2336 // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send 2337 // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. 2338 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2339 2340 2341 // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges. 2342 // 2343 // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS 2344 // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using 2345 // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key 2346 // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using 2347 // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups. 2348 // 2349 // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and 2350 // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in 2351 // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select 2352 // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can 2353 // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints. 2354 // 2355 // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In 2356 // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See 2357 // |SSL_SIGN_*|. 2358 2359 // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs. 2360 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21 2361 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23 2362 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24 2363 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25 2364 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29 2365 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399 2366 2367 // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|. 2368 // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It 2369 // returns one on success and zero on failure. 2370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2371 const uint16_t *group_ids, 2372 size_t num_group_ids); 2373 2374 // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each 2375 // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It 2376 // returns one on success and zero on failure. 2377 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids, 2378 size_t num_group_ids); 2379 2380 // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently 2381 // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable. 2382 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl); 2383 2384 // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by 2385 // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown. 2386 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id); 2387 2388 // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings 2389 // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at 2390 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 2391 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 2392 // to zero to size the output. 2393 // 2394 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 2395 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 2396 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 2397 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 2398 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 2399 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 2400 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); 2401 2402 // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*| 2403 // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL 2404 // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and 2405 // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID 2406 // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or 2407 // library. 2408 2409 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each 2410 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one 2411 // on success and zero on failure. 2412 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups, 2413 size_t num_groups); 2414 2415 // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each 2416 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one 2417 // on success and zero on failure. 2418 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups, 2419 size_t num_groups); 2420 2421 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group 2422 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the 2423 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 2424 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups); 2425 2426 // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group 2427 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the 2428 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 2429 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups); 2430 2431 // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most 2432 // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable. 2433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl); 2434 2435 2436 // Certificate verification. 2437 // 2438 // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically 2439 // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions 2440 // configure certificate verification. 2441 // 2442 // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not 2443 // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with 2444 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2445 // 2446 // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from 2447 // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. 2448 // 2449 // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is 2450 // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For 2451 // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing 2452 // certificate verification externally. This may be done with 2453 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with 2454 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will 2455 // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy 2456 // X.509 and ASN.1 stack. 2457 // 2458 // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling 2459 // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. 2460 2461 // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not 2462 // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On 2463 // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. 2464 #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 2465 2466 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a 2467 // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, 2468 // anonymous clients are still allowed. See 2469 // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. 2470 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 2471 2472 // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if 2473 // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together 2474 // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work. 2475 #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 2476 2477 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate 2478 // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. 2479 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 2480 2481 // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is 2482 // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is 2483 // used to customize certificate verification, but is deprecated. See 2484 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details. 2485 // 2486 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with 2487 // |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. 2488 // 2489 // WARNING: |callback| should be NULL. This callback does not replace the 2490 // default certificate verification process and is, instead, called multiple 2491 // times in the course of that process. It is very difficult to implement this 2492 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or 2493 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. 2494 // 2495 // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or 2496 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification. 2497 // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and 2498 // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly. 2499 // 2500 // TODO(crbug.com/boringssl/426): We cite |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| but 2501 // haven't documented it yet. Later that will have a more detailed warning about 2502 // why one should not use this callback. 2503 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( 2504 SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); 2505 2506 // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of 2507 // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is used to 2508 // customize certificate verification, but is deprecated. See the behavior of 2509 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|. 2510 // 2511 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with 2512 // |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. 2513 // 2514 // WARNING: |callback| should be NULL. This callback does not replace the 2515 // default certificate verification process and is, instead, called multiple 2516 // times in the course of that process. It is very difficult to implement this 2517 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or 2518 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. 2519 // 2520 // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to 2521 // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent 2522 // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other 2523 // operations more straightforwardly. 2524 // 2525 // TODO(crbug.com/boringssl/426): We cite |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| but 2526 // haven't documented it yet. Later that will have a more detailed warning about 2527 // why one should not use this callback. 2528 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, 2529 int (*callback)(int ok, 2530 X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); 2531 2532 enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 2533 ssl_verify_ok, 2534 ssl_verify_invalid, 2535 ssl_verify_retry, 2536 }; 2537 2538 // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one 2539 // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the 2540 // certificate verification. 2541 // 2542 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain 2543 // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is 2544 // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return 2545 // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to 2546 // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, 2547 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|, 2548 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246 2549 // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified, 2550 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default. 2551 // 2552 // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return 2553 // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error| 2554 // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|. 2555 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify( 2556 SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, 2557 enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); 2558 2559 // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures 2560 // an individual |SSL|. 2561 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify( 2562 SSL *ssl, int mode, 2563 enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); 2564 2565 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by 2566 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2567 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2568 2569 // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| 2570 // or |SSL_set_verify|. It returns -1 on error. 2571 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); 2572 2573 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by 2574 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2575 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2576 int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); 2577 2578 // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or 2579 // |SSL_set_verify|. 2580 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( 2581 int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); 2582 2583 // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the 2584 // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2585 // 2586 // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is 2587 // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is 2588 // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was 2589 // who you expect to be talking to. 2590 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname); 2591 2592 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain 2593 // accepted in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth 2594 // of 1 allows the leaf and one CA certificate. 2595 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); 2596 2597 // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted 2598 // in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth of 1 2599 // allows the leaf and one CA certificate. 2600 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); 2601 2602 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted 2603 // in verification. 2604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2605 2606 // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in 2607 // verification. 2608 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); 2609 2610 // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one 2611 // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. 2612 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2613 const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); 2614 2615 // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on 2616 // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. 2617 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, 2618 const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); 2619 2620 // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate 2621 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call 2622 // functions on it to configure it. 2623 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2624 2625 // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate 2626 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call 2627 // functions on it to configure it. 2628 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); 2629 2630 // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to 2631 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2632 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); 2633 2634 // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to 2635 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2636 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); 2637 2638 // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to 2639 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2640 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); 2641 2642 // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to 2643 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2644 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); 2645 2646 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes 2647 // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. 2648 // 2649 // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. 2650 // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. 2651 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); 2652 2653 // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. 2654 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2655 2656 // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths loads the OpenSSL system-default trust 2657 // anchors into |ctx|'s store. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 2658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2659 2660 // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations loads trust anchors into |ctx|'s store from 2661 // |ca_file| and |ca_dir|, either of which may be NULL. If |ca_file| is passed, 2662 // it is opened and PEM-encoded CA certificates are read. If |ca_dir| is passed, 2663 // it is treated as a directory in OpenSSL's hashed directory format. It returns 2664 // one on success and zero on failure. 2665 // 2666 // See 2667 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations.html 2668 // for documentation on the directory format. 2669 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2670 const char *ca_file, 2671 const char *ca_dir); 2672 2673 // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is 2674 // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. 2675 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); 2676 2677 // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as 2678 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value. 2679 // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|. 2680 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result); 2681 2682 // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up 2683 // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. 2684 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); 2685 2686 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on 2687 // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains 2688 // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and 2689 // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a 2690 // verification result. 2691 // 2692 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the 2693 // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|. 2694 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( 2695 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), 2696 void *arg); 2697 2698 // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end 2699 // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See 2700 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. 2701 // 2702 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the 2703 // handshake. 2704 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); 2705 2706 // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL 2707 // objects created from |ctx|. 2708 // 2709 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the 2710 // handshake. 2711 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2712 2713 // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a 2714 // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. 2715 // 2716 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the 2717 // handshake. 2718 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); 2719 2720 // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects 2721 // created from |ctx|. 2722 // 2723 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the 2724 // handshake. 2725 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2726 2727 // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2728 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of 2729 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|. 2730 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2731 X509_STORE *store); 2732 2733 // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2734 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional 2735 // reference to |store| will be taken. 2736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2737 X509_STORE *store); 2738 2739 // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2740 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of 2741 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|. 2742 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); 2743 2744 // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2745 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional 2746 // reference to |store| will be taken. 2747 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); 2748 2749 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the 2750 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It 2751 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only 2752 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 2753 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2754 const uint16_t *prefs, 2755 size_t num_prefs); 2756 2757 // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the 2758 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It 2759 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only 2760 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 2761 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, 2762 const uint16_t *prefs, 2763 size_t num_prefs); 2764 2765 // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the 2766 // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. The |flags| argument 2767 // should be one of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants. 2768 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags); 2769 2770 2771 // Client certificate CA list. 2772 // 2773 // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of 2774 // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to 2775 // configure this list. 2776 2777 // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to 2778 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2779 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, 2780 STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); 2781 2782 // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to 2783 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2784 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2785 STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); 2786 2787 // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|, 2788 // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes 2789 // ownership of |name_list|. 2790 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl, 2791 STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); 2792 2793 // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to 2794 // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). 2795 // It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2796 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2797 STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); 2798 2799 // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| 2800 // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by 2801 // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. 2802 // 2803 // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by 2804 // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the 2805 // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or 2806 // when the handshake is paused because of them. 2807 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); 2808 2809 // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a 2810 // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509 2811 // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by 2812 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it. 2813 // 2814 // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be 2815 // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback. 2816 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 2817 SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs(const SSL *ssl); 2818 2819 // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. 2820 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) * 2821 SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2822 2823 // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. 2824 // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of 2825 // |x509|. 2826 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 2827 2828 // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA 2829 // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains 2830 // ownership of |x509|. 2831 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 2832 2833 // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from 2834 // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL 2835 // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored. 2836 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); 2837 2838 // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on 2839 // success or NULL on allocation error. 2840 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); 2841 2842 // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| 2843 // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on 2844 // error. 2845 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 2846 const char *file); 2847 2848 // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like 2849 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|. 2850 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 2851 BIO *bio); 2852 2853 2854 // Server name indication. 2855 // 2856 // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name 2857 // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting 2858 // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the 2859 // host_name name type is supported. 2860 2861 #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 2862 2863 // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name| 2864 // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2865 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name); 2866 2867 // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the 2868 // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be 2869 // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|. 2870 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type); 2871 2872 // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name| 2873 // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise. 2874 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl); 2875 2876 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on 2877 // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one. 2878 // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name 2879 // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be 2880 // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|. 2881 // 2882 // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is 2883 // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is 2884 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send, 2885 // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is 2886 // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. 2887 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback( 2888 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg)); 2889 2890 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername 2891 // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|. 2892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 2893 2894 // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks. 2895 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 2896 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 2897 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 2898 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 2899 2900 // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the 2901 // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report 2902 // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by 2903 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|, 2904 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when 2905 // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch 2906 // certificates based on SNI. 2907 // 2908 // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial 2909 // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition 2910 // the session cache between different domains. 2911 // 2912 // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call? 2913 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); 2914 2915 2916 // Application-layer protocol negotiation. 2917 // 2918 // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer 2919 // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate 2920 // HTTP/2. 2921 2922 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to 2923 // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 2924 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns 2925 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables 2926 // ALPN on a client. 2927 // 2928 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 2929 // convention. 2930 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, 2931 size_t protos_len); 2932 2933 // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. 2934 // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 2935 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns 2936 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables 2937 // ALPN on a client. 2938 // 2939 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 2940 // convention. 2941 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, 2942 size_t protos_len); 2943 2944 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called 2945 // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the 2946 // client's list of offered protocols. 2947 // 2948 // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 2949 // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol, 2950 // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and 2951 // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the 2952 // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the 2953 // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|. 2954 // 2955 // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the 2956 // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection 2957 // with a no_application_protocol alert. 2958 // 2959 // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to 2960 // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if 2961 // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have 2962 // ALPN protocols configured. 2963 // 2964 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as 2965 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. 2966 // 2967 // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that 2968 // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected| 2969 // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically. 2970 // 2971 // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use 2972 // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to 2973 // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints. 2974 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( 2975 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 2976 const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), 2977 void *arg); 2978 2979 // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. 2980 // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name 2981 // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond 2982 // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. 2983 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, 2984 const uint8_t **out_data, 2985 unsigned *out_len); 2986 2987 // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx| 2988 // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the 2989 // client will require that the protocol be advertised in 2990 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|. 2991 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2992 int enabled); 2993 2994 2995 // Application-layer protocol settings 2996 // 2997 // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer 2998 // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note 2999 // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own 3000 // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query 3001 // received settings. 3002 3003 // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN 3004 // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on 3005 // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer 3006 // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can 3007 // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|. 3008 // 3009 // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for 3010 // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the 3011 // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and 3012 // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each 3013 // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN 3014 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected 3015 // protocol needs to be configured. 3016 // 3017 // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol 3018 // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is 3019 // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable. 3020 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto, 3021 size_t proto_len, 3022 const uint8_t *settings, 3023 size_t settings_len); 3024 3025 // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a 3026 // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not 3027 // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty 3028 // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was 3029 // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next 3030 // time |ssl| is modified. 3031 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl, 3032 const uint8_t **out_data, 3033 size_t *out_len); 3034 3035 // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this 3036 // connection and zero otherwise. 3037 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl); 3038 3039 // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS 3040 // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used. 3041 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new); 3042 3043 3044 // Certificate compression. 3045 // 3046 // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this 3047 // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific 3048 // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead, 3049 // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to 3050 // enable support. 3051 3052 // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs 3053 // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|, 3054 // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing 3055 // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement 3056 // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that 3057 // they serve. 3058 typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out, 3059 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 3060 3061 // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs 3062 // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the 3063 // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns 3064 // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of 3065 // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership, 3066 // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the 3067 // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally. 3068 // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be 3069 // useful. 3070 typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out, 3071 size_t uncompressed_len, 3072 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 3073 3074 // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression 3075 // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA 3076 // assigned value and each can only be registered once.) 3077 // 3078 // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both 3079 // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one 3080 // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never 3081 // configured. 3082 // 3083 // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most 3084 // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error. 3085 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg( 3086 SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress, 3087 ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress); 3088 3089 3090 // Next protocol negotiation. 3091 // 3092 // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN 3093 // and deprecated in favor of it. 3094 3095 // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a 3096 // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol 3097 // Negotiation. The returned list must be in wire format. The list is returned 3098 // by setting |*out| to point to it and |*out_len| to its length. This memory 3099 // will not be modified, but one should assume that |ssl| keeps a reference to 3100 // it. 3101 // 3102 // The callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| if it wishes to advertise. 3103 // Otherwise, no such extension will be included in the ServerHello. 3104 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( 3105 SSL_CTX *ctx, 3106 int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), 3107 void *arg); 3108 3109 // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client 3110 // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list. |*out| must be 3111 // set to point to the selected protocol (which may be within |in|). The length 3112 // of the protocol name must be written into |*out_len|. The server's advertised 3113 // protocols are provided in |in| and |in_len|. The callback can assume that 3114 // |in| is syntactically valid. 3115 // 3116 // The client must select a protocol. It is fatal to the connection if this 3117 // callback returns a value other than |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. 3118 // 3119 // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. 3120 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( 3121 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 3122 const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), 3123 void *arg); 3124 3125 // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to 3126 // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't 3127 // request any protocol, then |*out_data| is set to NULL. 3128 // 3129 // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned 3130 // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols 3131 // provided by the server. 3132 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, 3133 const uint8_t **out_data, 3134 unsigned *out_len); 3135 3136 // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection. It is 3137 // expected that this function is called from the callback set by 3138 // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. 3139 // 3140 // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte strings 3141 // containing the peer and locally-configured protocols, respectively. The 3142 // length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string of length 0 3143 // is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| is assumed to be 3144 // non-empty. 3145 // 3146 // This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also in 3147 // |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to it 3148 // and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns 3149 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first 3150 // supported protocol. 3151 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 3152 const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len, 3153 const uint8_t *supported, 3154 unsigned supported_len); 3155 3156 #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 3157 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 3158 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 3159 3160 3161 // Channel ID. 3162 // 3163 // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism 3164 // and should not be used in new code. 3165 3166 // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated 3167 // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server. 3168 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3169 int enabled); 3170 3171 // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel 3172 // ID as a server. 3173 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 3174 3175 // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID 3176 // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one 3177 // on success and zero on error. 3178 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3179 EVP_PKEY *private_key); 3180 3181 // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to 3182 // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on 3183 // success and zero on error. 3184 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); 3185 3186 // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL| 3187 // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID 3188 // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a 3189 // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a 3190 // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function 3191 // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client. 3192 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 3193 size_t max_out); 3194 3195 3196 // DTLS-SRTP. 3197 // 3198 // See RFC 5764. 3199 3200 // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP 3201 // profile for use with the use_srtp extension. 3202 struct srtp_protection_profile_st { 3203 const char *name; 3204 unsigned long id; 3205 } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; 3206 3207 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) 3208 3209 // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. 3210 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 3211 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 3212 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 3213 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 3214 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 3215 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 3216 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM 0x0007 3217 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM 0x0008 3218 3219 // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from 3220 // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns 3221 // one on success and zero on failure. 3222 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3223 const char *profiles); 3224 3225 // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|. |profile| contains a 3226 // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on 3227 // failure. 3228 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); 3229 3230 // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. 3231 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( 3232 const SSL *ssl); 3233 3234 // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if 3235 // SRTP was not negotiated. 3236 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( 3237 SSL *ssl); 3238 3239 3240 // Pre-shared keys. 3241 // 3242 // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These 3243 // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See 3244 // RFC 4279. 3245 // 3246 // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity 3247 // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not 3248 // specify the format of an identity.) 3249 3250 // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, 3251 // excluding the NUL terminator. 3252 #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 3253 3254 // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. 3255 #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 3256 3257 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3258 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3259 // suites on the client. 3260 // 3261 // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was 3262 // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the 3263 // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is 3264 // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) 3265 // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. 3266 // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was 3267 // found. 3268 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( 3269 SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, 3270 unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, 3271 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3272 3273 // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3274 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3275 // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. 3276 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( 3277 SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, 3278 unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, 3279 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3280 3281 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3282 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3283 // suites on the server. 3284 // 3285 // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of 3286 // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written 3287 // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. 3288 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( 3289 SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, 3290 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3291 3292 // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3293 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3294 // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. 3295 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( 3296 SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, 3297 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3298 3299 // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an 3300 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on 3301 // error. 3302 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3303 const char *identity_hint); 3304 3305 // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an 3306 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on 3307 // error. 3308 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, 3309 const char *identity_hint); 3310 3311 // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| 3312 // or NULL if there is none. 3313 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); 3314 3315 // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity 3316 // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. 3317 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); 3318 3319 3320 // Delegated credentials. 3321 // 3322 // *** EXPERIMENTAL — PRONE TO CHANGE *** 3323 // 3324 // draft-ietf-tls-subcerts is a proposed extension for TLS 1.3 and above that 3325 // allows an end point to use its certificate to delegate credentials for 3326 // authentication. If the peer indicates support for this extension, then this 3327 // host may use a delegated credential to sign the handshake. Once issued, 3328 // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the 3329 // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a 3330 // short time (days, hours, or even minutes). This library implements draft-03 3331 // of the protocol spec. 3332 // 3333 // The extension ID has not been assigned; we're using 0xff02 for the time 3334 // being. Currently only the server side is implemented. 3335 // 3336 // Servers configure a DC for use in the handshake via 3337 // |SSL_set1_delegated_credential|. It must be signed by the host's end-entity 3338 // certificate as defined in draft-ietf-tls-subcerts-03. 3339 3340 // SSL_set1_delegated_credential configures the delegated credential (DC) that 3341 // will be sent to the peer for the current connection. |dc| is the DC in wire 3342 // format, and |pkey| or |key_method| is the corresponding private key. 3343 // Currently (as of draft-03), only servers may configure a DC to use in the 3344 // handshake. 3345 // 3346 // The DC will only be used if the protocol version is correct and the signature 3347 // scheme is supported by the peer. If not, the DC will not be negotiated and 3348 // the handshake will use the private key (or private key method) associated 3349 // with the certificate. 3350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_delegated_credential( 3351 SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc, EVP_PKEY *pkey, 3352 const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 3353 3354 // SSL_delegated_credential_used returns one if a delegated credential was used 3355 // and zero otherwise. 3356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_delegated_credential_used(const SSL *ssl); 3357 3358 3359 // QUIC integration. 3360 // 3361 // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following 3362 // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as 3363 // described in RFC 9001. 3364 // 3365 // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as 3366 // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on 3367 // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from 3368 // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data 3369 // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent 3370 // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the 3371 // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to 3372 // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by 3373 // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call 3374 // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC. 3375 // 3376 // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake| 3377 // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send 3378 // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call 3379 // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and 3380 // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and 3381 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual. 3382 // 3383 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details. 3384 // 3385 // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data 3386 // being queued up. The implementation can call 3387 // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each 3388 // encryption level. 3389 // 3390 // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with 3391 // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be 3392 // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this 3393 // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing 3394 // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for 3395 // details. 3396 // 3397 // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC 3398 // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the 3399 // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits 3400 // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection 3401 // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember 3402 // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on 3403 // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on 3404 // SETTINGS frames. 3405 // 3406 // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an 3407 // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the 3408 // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket 3409 // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set, 3410 // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt). 3411 // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover 3412 // both transport parameters and any application state. 3413 // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a 3414 // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC. 3415 // 3416 // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport 3417 // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to 3418 // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any 3419 // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same 3420 // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3 3421 // SETTINGS. 3422 3423 // ssl_encryption_level_t represents a specific QUIC encryption level used to 3424 // transmit handshake messages. 3425 enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 3426 ssl_encryption_initial = 0, 3427 ssl_encryption_early_data, 3428 ssl_encryption_handshake, 3429 ssl_encryption_application, 3430 }; 3431 3432 // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks. 3433 struct ssl_quic_method_st { 3434 // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given 3435 // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the 3436 // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption 3437 // level. 3438 // 3439 // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level 3440 // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake 3441 // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if 3442 // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may 3443 // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol. 3444 // 3445 // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at, 3446 // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger 3447 // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always 3448 // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading 3449 // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any 3450 // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys 3451 // before 0-RTT read keys. 3452 // 3453 // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write 3454 // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is 3455 // available. 3456 int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3457 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, 3458 size_t secret_len); 3459 // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write 3460 // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called 3461 // at most once per encryption level. 3462 // 3463 // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level| 3464 // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may 3465 // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL 3466 // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client 3467 // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not 3468 // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client 3469 // is not yet authenticated. 3470 // 3471 // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their 3472 // ACKs. 3473 // 3474 // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret 3475 // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys. 3476 int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3477 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, 3478 size_t secret_len); 3479 // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given 3480 // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3481 // 3482 // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a 3483 // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers 3484 // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better 3485 // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams. 3486 // 3487 // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be 3488 // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. 3489 int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3490 const uint8_t *data, size_t len); 3491 // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be 3492 // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several 3493 // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3494 int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl); 3495 // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It 3496 // returns one on success and zero on error. 3497 // 3498 // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be 3499 // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. 3500 int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert); 3501 }; 3502 3503 // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes 3504 // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be 3505 // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation. 3506 // 3507 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5 3508 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len( 3509 const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level); 3510 3511 // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level. 3512 // 3513 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? 3514 // QUICHE does not use it. 3515 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl); 3516 3517 // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level. 3518 // 3519 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? 3520 // QUICHE does not use it. 3521 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl); 3522 3523 // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption 3524 // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this 3525 // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level| 3526 // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with 3527 // an error. 3528 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl, 3529 enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3530 const uint8_t *data, size_t len); 3531 3532 3533 // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided 3534 // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages 3535 // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3536 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl); 3537 3538 // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be 3539 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid 3540 // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3541 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3542 const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); 3543 3544 // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be 3545 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid 3546 // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3547 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl, 3548 const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); 3549 3550 // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length 3551 // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the 3552 // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set 3553 // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed 3554 // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this 3555 // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. 3556 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl, 3557 const uint8_t *params, 3558 size_t params_len); 3559 3560 // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the 3561 // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer 3562 // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its 3563 // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the 3564 // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0. 3565 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params( 3566 const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len); 3567 3568 // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC 3569 // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with 3570 // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default, 3571 // the standard code point is used. 3572 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy); 3573 3574 // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers 3575 // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the 3576 // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted 3577 // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected. 3578 // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that 3579 // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application 3580 // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server 3581 // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset 3582 // token). 3583 // 3584 // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server 3585 // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. 3586 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl, 3587 const uint8_t *context, 3588 size_t context_len); 3589 3590 3591 // Early data. 3592 // 3593 // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully 3594 // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used. 3595 // 3596 // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send 3597 // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a 3598 // round-trip in some application protocols. 3599 // 3600 // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal 3601 // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data 3602 // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when 3603 // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446 3604 // for more information. 3605 // 3606 // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as 3607 // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may 3608 // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and 3609 // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition, 3610 // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use 3611 // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed. 3612 // 3613 // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see 3614 // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending 3615 // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be 3616 // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the 3617 // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the 3618 // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again 3619 // to complete the handshake sooner. 3620 // 3621 // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and 3622 // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and 3623 // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried. 3624 // 3625 // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and 3626 // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning 3627 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection 3628 // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still 3629 // have processed the early data due to attacker replays. 3630 // 3631 // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use 3632 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which 3633 // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a 3634 // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake, 3635 // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other 3636 // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and 3637 // query again. 3638 // 3639 // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry 3640 // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with 3641 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|. 3642 3643 // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used 3644 // with resumptions using |ctx|. 3645 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 3646 3647 // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used 3648 // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more 3649 // information. 3650 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 3651 3652 // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has 3653 // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write| 3654 // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before 3655 // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data 3656 // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data. 3657 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl); 3658 3659 // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been 3660 // attempted with |session| if enabled. 3661 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session); 3662 3663 // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early 3664 // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns 3665 // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of 3666 // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|. 3667 // 3668 // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from 3669 // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular, 3670 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and 3671 // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt. 3672 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data( 3673 SSL_SESSION *session); 3674 3675 // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the 3676 // handshake performed by |ssl|. 3677 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl); 3678 3679 // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All 3680 // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller 3681 // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the 3682 // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|. 3683 // 3684 // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling 3685 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. 3686 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl); 3687 3688 // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the 3689 // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server 3690 // connections which resumed a session. 3691 OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl); 3692 3693 // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected. 3694 // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and 3695 // numeric values should never be reused. 3696 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 3697 // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be 3698 // known. 3699 ssl_early_data_unknown = 0, 3700 // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection. 3701 ssl_early_data_disabled = 1, 3702 // 0-RTT was accepted. 3703 ssl_early_data_accepted = 2, 3704 // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT. 3705 ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3, 3706 // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason. 3707 ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4, 3708 // The client did not offer a session. 3709 ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5, 3710 // The server declined to resume the session. 3711 ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6, 3712 // The session does not support 0-RTT. 3713 ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7, 3714 // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest. 3715 ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8, 3716 // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session. 3717 ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9, 3718 // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT. 3719 ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10, 3720 // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.) 3721 // The client and server ticket age were too far apart. 3722 ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12, 3723 // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original. 3724 ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13, 3725 // The application settings did not match the session. 3726 ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14, 3727 // The value of the largest entry. 3728 ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch, 3729 }; 3730 3731 // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected 3732 // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server. 3733 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason( 3734 const SSL *ssl); 3735 3736 // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or 3737 // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging. 3738 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string( 3739 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason); 3740 3741 3742 // Encrypted ClientHello. 3743 // 3744 // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3. 3745 // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the 3746 // connection, such as the server_name extension. 3747 // 3748 // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client 3749 // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol 3750 // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other 3751 // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements. 3752 // 3753 // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development. 3754 // 3755 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13. 3756 3757 // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE 3758 // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available. 3759 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable); 3760 3761 // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the 3762 // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized 3763 // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3764 // 3765 // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is 3766 // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will 3767 // return success and proceed without ECH. 3768 // 3769 // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello 3770 // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH 3771 // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters, 3772 // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using 3773 // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override| 3774 // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in 3775 // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically. 3776 // 3777 // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with 3778 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection 3779 // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this 3780 // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection 3781 // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with 3782 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure. 3783 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl, 3784 const uint8_t *ech_config_list, 3785 size_t ech_config_list_len); 3786 3787 // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH, 3788 // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH 3789 // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty. 3790 // 3791 // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the 3792 // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If 3793 // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against 3794 // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In 3795 // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate 3796 // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|. 3797 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl, 3798 const char **out_name, 3799 size_t *out_name_len); 3800 3801 // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and 3802 // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList. 3803 // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will 3804 // be zero. 3805 // 3806 // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should 3807 // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is 3808 // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to 3809 // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled 3810 // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH. 3811 // 3812 // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| 3813 // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the 3814 // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an 3815 // unparsable list. 3816 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs( 3817 const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs, 3818 size_t *out_retry_configs_len); 3819 3820 // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it 3821 // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len| 3822 // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to 3823 // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero. 3824 // 3825 // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifer for the ECHConfig. Reusing 3826 // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are 3827 // active at a time, server load may increase. See 3828 // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|. 3829 // 3830 // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the 3831 // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the 3832 // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences 3833 // client padding decisions. 3834 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, 3835 uint8_t config_id, 3836 const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key, 3837 const char *public_name, 3838 size_t max_name_len); 3839 3840 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error. 3841 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void); 3842 3843 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|. 3844 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 3845 3846 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|. 3847 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 3848 3849 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with 3850 // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be 3851 // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success 3852 // and zero on error. 3853 // 3854 // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in 3855 // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before 3856 // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that 3857 // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added. 3858 // 3859 // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. 3860 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config, 3861 const uint8_t *ech_config, 3862 size_t ech_config_len, 3863 const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key); 3864 3865 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate 3866 // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may 3867 // increase server load due to trial decryption. 3868 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id( 3869 const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 3870 3871 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as 3872 // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer 3873 // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller 3874 // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it 3875 // returns zero. 3876 // 3877 // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS. 3878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, 3879 uint8_t **out, 3880 size_t *out_len); 3881 3882 // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted 3883 // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does 3884 // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are 3885 // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|. 3886 // 3887 // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most 3888 // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx| 3889 // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to 3890 // rotate keys in a long-lived server process. 3891 // 3892 // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS 3893 // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, 3894 // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with 3895 // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key. 3896 // 3897 // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS. 3898 // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It 3899 // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the 3900 // old records have expired from caches. 3901 // 3902 // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the 3903 // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values 3904 // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency 3905 // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig. 3906 // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances 3907 // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name. 3908 // 3909 // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called, 3910 // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the 3911 // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will 3912 // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters 3913 // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow. 3914 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 3915 3916 // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise. 3917 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl); 3918 3919 3920 // Alerts. 3921 // 3922 // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or 3923 // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with 3924 // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify, 3925 // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with 3926 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 3927 3928 // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*| 3929 // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this 3930 // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract 3931 // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them. 3932 // 3933 // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. 3934 // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h 3935 #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000 3936 3937 // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions. 3938 #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY 3939 #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 3940 #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC 3941 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED 3942 #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW 3943 #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 3944 #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 3945 #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE // Legacy SSL 3.0 value 3946 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE 3947 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 3948 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 3949 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 3950 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 3951 #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 3952 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA 3953 #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED 3954 #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR 3955 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR 3956 #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 3957 #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 3958 #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 3959 #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR 3960 #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 3961 #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED 3962 #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION 3963 #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION 3964 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 3965 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 3966 #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 3967 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ 3968 TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 3969 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 3970 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 3971 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 3972 #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 3973 #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED 3974 3975 // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an 3976 // alert type (warning or fatal). 3977 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); 3978 3979 // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an 3980 // alert description or "unknown" if unknown. 3981 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); 3982 3983 // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type, 3984 // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success 3985 // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into 3986 // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been 3987 // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail. 3988 // 3989 // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent 3990 // calls must use the same |alert| parameter. 3991 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert); 3992 3993 3994 // ex_data functions. 3995 // 3996 // See |ex_data.h| for details. 3997 3998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); 3999 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); 4000 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4001 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4002 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4003 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4004 4005 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, 4006 void *data); 4007 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, 4008 int idx); 4009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4010 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4011 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4012 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4013 4014 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); 4015 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); 4016 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4017 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4018 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4019 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4020 4021 4022 // Low-level record-layer state. 4023 4024 // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers 4025 // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the 4026 // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for 4027 // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0). 4028 // 4029 // It returns one on success or zero on error. 4030 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv, 4031 const uint8_t **out_write_iv, 4032 size_t *out_iv_len); 4033 4034 // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2 4035 // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if 4036 // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. 4037 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl); 4038 4039 // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s 4040 // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this 4041 // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. 4042 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4043 size_t out_len); 4044 4045 // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the 4046 // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum 4047 // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number 4048 // in the two most significant bytes. 4049 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl); 4050 4051 // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing 4052 // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the 4053 // two most significant bytes. 4054 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl); 4055 4056 // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero. 4057 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4058 int version); 4059 4060 4061 // Handshake hints. 4062 // 4063 // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this 4064 // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and 4065 // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services 4066 // is complex. 4067 // 4068 // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello 4069 // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key 4070 // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC 4071 // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature. 4072 // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call. 4073 // 4074 // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see 4075 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the 4076 // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from 4077 // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. 4078 // 4079 // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of 4080 // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the 4081 // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see 4082 // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints 4083 // alongside any certificate selection results. 4084 // 4085 // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any 4086 // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before. 4087 // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the 4088 // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks 4089 // to generate a signature as before. 4090 // 4091 // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services. 4092 // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but 4093 // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use 4094 // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In 4095 // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit. 4096 // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature. 4097 4098 // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing 4099 // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error. 4100 // 4101 // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version 4102 // skew. 4103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 4104 4105 // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for 4106 // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello| 4107 // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello| 4108 // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure. 4109 // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. 4110 // 4111 // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure 4112 // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|, 4113 // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or 4114 // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called. 4115 // 4116 // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake 4117 // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At 4118 // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract 4119 // the resulting hints. 4120 // 4121 // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the 4122 // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and 4123 // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this 4124 // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of 4125 // mismatch. 4126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, 4127 const uint8_t *client_hello, 4128 size_t client_hello_len, 4129 const uint8_t *capabilities, 4130 size_t capabilities_len); 4131 4132 // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out| 4133 // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success 4134 // and zero on error. This function should only be called if 4135 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated 4136 // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. 4137 // 4138 // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to 4139 // avoid an extra signature call. 4140 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 4141 4142 // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints. 4143 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue 4144 // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable. 4145 // 4146 // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and 4147 // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they 4148 // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for 4149 // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures 4150 // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local 4151 // decisions. 4152 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints, 4153 size_t hints_len); 4154 4155 4156 // Obscure functions. 4157 4158 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. 4159 // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record 4160 // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts. 4161 // |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. 4162 // 4163 // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| 4164 // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that 4165 // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length 4166 // in the header is the length of the ciphertext. 4167 // 4168 // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the 4169 // protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The 4170 // |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte 4171 // ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively. 4172 // 4173 // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with 4174 // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that 4175 // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the 4176 // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake 4177 // header. 4178 // 4179 // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and 4180 // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure. 4181 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( 4182 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type, 4183 const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); 4184 4185 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message 4186 // callback. 4187 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 4188 4189 // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See 4190 // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. 4191 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( 4192 SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, 4193 const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); 4194 4195 // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. 4196 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); 4197 4198 // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This 4199 // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function 4200 // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent 4201 // access to the log. 4202 // 4203 // The format is described in 4204 // https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Mozilla/Projects/NSS/Key_Log_Format. 4205 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback( 4206 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, const char *line)); 4207 4208 // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by 4209 // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|. 4210 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( 4211 const SSL *ssl, const char *line); 4212 4213 // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current 4214 // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing 4215 // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time 4216 // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null. 4217 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb( 4218 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock)); 4219 4220 // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be 4221 // freed after its handshake completes. Once configuration has been shed, APIs 4222 // that query it may fail. "Configuration" in this context means anything that 4223 // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the 4224 // handshake. For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was 4225 // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed, 4226 // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is 4227 // unaffected by configuration shedding. 4228 // 4229 // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|. 4230 // 4231 // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on 4232 // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If 4233 // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If 4234 // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the 4235 // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may 4236 // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols, 4237 // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2. 4238 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4239 4240 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 4241 ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, 4242 ssl_renegotiate_once, 4243 ssl_renegotiate_freely, 4244 ssl_renegotiate_ignore, 4245 ssl_renegotiate_explicit, 4246 }; 4247 4248 // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to 4249 // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated 4250 // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. 4251 // 4252 // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties, 4253 // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about 4254 // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle 4255 // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application 4256 // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous 4257 // or undefined ways during a renegotiation. 4258 // 4259 // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set 4260 // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to 4261 // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all 4262 // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages. 4263 // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall 4264 // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete. 4265 // 4266 // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which 4267 // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|. 4268 // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call 4269 // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may 4270 // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a 4271 // renegotiation. 4272 // 4273 // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|), 4274 // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation 4275 // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to 4276 // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on, 4277 // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally 4278 // disable it afterwards. 4279 // 4280 // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher 4281 // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a 4282 // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully 4283 // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|, 4284 // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the 4285 // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as 4286 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the 4287 // desired versions of each property. 4288 // 4289 // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead 4290 // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks 4291 // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial 4292 // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc. 4293 // 4294 // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client 4295 // or server. 4296 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, 4297 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); 4298 4299 // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured 4300 // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns 4301 // one on success and zero on error. 4302 // 4303 // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent 4304 // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and 4305 // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving 4306 // application data. 4307 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); 4308 4309 // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a 4310 // renegotiation. 4311 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); 4312 4313 // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes 4314 // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. 4315 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); 4316 4317 // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4318 // certificate chain. 4319 #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100) 4320 4321 // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4322 // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. 4323 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4324 4325 // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4326 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be 4327 // consumed during the handshake. 4328 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4329 size_t max_cert_list); 4330 4331 // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4332 // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. 4333 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); 4334 4335 // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4336 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be 4337 // consumed during the handshake. 4338 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); 4339 4340 // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records 4341 // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data 4342 // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on 4343 // error. 4344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4345 size_t max_send_fragment); 4346 4347 // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent 4348 // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will 4349 // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on 4350 // error. 4351 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, 4352 size_t max_send_fragment); 4353 4354 // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain 4355 // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this 4356 // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can 4357 // be depended on. 4358 struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { 4359 SSL *ssl; 4360 const uint8_t *client_hello; 4361 size_t client_hello_len; 4362 uint16_t version; 4363 const uint8_t *random; 4364 size_t random_len; 4365 const uint8_t *session_id; 4366 size_t session_id_len; 4367 const uint8_t *cipher_suites; 4368 size_t cipher_suites_len; 4369 const uint8_t *compression_methods; 4370 size_t compression_methods_len; 4371 const uint8_t *extensions; 4372 size_t extensions_len; 4373 } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */; 4374 4375 // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a 4376 // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|. 4377 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 4378 // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was 4379 // successful. 4380 ssl_select_cert_success = 1, 4381 // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be 4382 // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point. 4383 ssl_select_cert_retry = 0, 4384 // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the 4385 // handshake should be terminated. 4386 ssl_select_cert_error = -1, 4387 }; 4388 4389 // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in 4390 // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns 4391 // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not 4392 // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the 4393 // extension contents and returns one. 4394 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( 4395 const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type, 4396 const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); 4397 4398 // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most 4399 // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session 4400 // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the 4401 // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values. 4402 // 4403 // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return 4404 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the 4405 // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will 4406 // result in another call to |cb|. 4407 // 4408 // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback. 4409 // 4410 // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback 4411 // and is not valid while the handshake is paused. 4412 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( 4413 SSL_CTX *ctx, 4414 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); 4415 4416 // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the 4417 // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to 4418 // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. 4419 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( 4420 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); 4421 4422 // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate 4423 // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates 4424 // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 4425 // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only 4426 // respected on clients. 4427 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4428 4429 // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client 4430 // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server 4431 // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other 4432 // cases, this check is always enabled. 4433 // 4434 // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the 4435 // certificate verification callback. 4436 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 4437 4438 // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite 4439 // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's 4440 // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero. 4441 // 4442 // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this 4443 // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently 4444 // checked. 4445 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl); 4446 4447 // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up, 4448 // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and 4449 // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned. 4450 #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 4451 #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 4452 #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF 4453 #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) 4454 #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 4455 #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) 4456 #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT) 4457 4458 // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility. 4459 #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK 4460 #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE 4461 4462 // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info 4463 // callback and the bitmasks that make them up. 4464 #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 4465 #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 4466 #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 4467 #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 4468 #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 4469 #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) 4470 #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) 4471 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) 4472 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) 4473 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) 4474 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) 4475 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 4476 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 4477 4478 // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various 4479 // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines 4480 // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must 4481 // ignore unexpected |type| values. 4482 // 4483 // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal. 4484 // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either 4485 // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits 4486 // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight. 4487 // 4488 // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument 4489 // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|. 4490 // 4491 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value| 4492 // argument is always one. 4493 // 4494 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully. 4495 // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event 4496 // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received. 4497 // 4498 // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake 4499 // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated. 4500 // 4501 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when 4502 // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument 4503 // is always one. 4504 // 4505 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when 4506 // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused. 4507 // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0 4508 // otherwise. 4509 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback( 4510 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); 4511 4512 // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by 4513 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 4514 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, 4515 int type, 4516 int value); 4517 4518 // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events 4519 // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 4520 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback( 4521 SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); 4522 4523 // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|. 4524 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, 4525 int type, 4526 int value); 4527 4528 // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state 4529 // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging. 4530 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl); 4531 4532 #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 4533 #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 4534 4535 // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and 4536 // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received, 4537 // respectively. 4538 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); 4539 4540 // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the 4541 // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero. 4542 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl); 4543 4544 // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent 4545 // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. 4546 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random. 4547 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4548 size_t max_out); 4549 4550 // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent 4551 // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. 4552 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random. 4553 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4554 size_t max_out); 4555 4556 // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or 4557 // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake. 4558 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl); 4559 4560 // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only 4561 // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the 4562 // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If 4563 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake 4564 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and 4565 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. 4566 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl, 4567 int enable); 4568 4569 // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether 4570 // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in 4571 // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If 4572 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake 4573 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and 4574 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. 4575 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4576 int enable); 4577 4578 // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable 4579 // GREASE. See RFC 8701. 4580 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4581 4582 // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should 4583 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. 4584 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4585 4586 // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should 4587 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. 4588 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 4589 4590 // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a 4591 // record with |ssl|. 4592 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl); 4593 4594 // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections 4595 // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled) 4596 // without negotiating ALPN. 4597 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4598 int allowed); 4599 4600 // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest 4601 // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It 4602 // returns zero otherwise. 4603 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl); 4604 4605 // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in 4606 // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients. 4607 // 4608 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806 4609 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885 4610 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202 4611 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4612 4613 4614 // Deprecated functions. 4615 4616 // SSL_library_init calls |CRYPTO_library_init| and returns one. 4617 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); 4618 4619 // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and 4620 // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be 4621 // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. 4622 // 4623 // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: 4624 // AES128-SHA Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=AES(128) Mac=SHA1 4625 // 4626 // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead. 4627 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, 4628 char *buf, int len); 4629 4630 // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". 4631 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 4632 4633 typedef void COMP_METHOD; 4634 typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; 4635 4636 // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. 4637 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); 4638 4639 // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. 4640 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); 4641 4642 // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. 4643 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); 4644 4645 // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|. 4646 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp); 4647 4648 // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|. 4649 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp); 4650 4651 // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing. 4652 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void); 4653 4654 // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. 4655 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); 4656 4657 // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and 4658 // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and 4659 // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol 4660 // version. 4661 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); 4662 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); 4663 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); 4664 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); 4665 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); 4666 4667 // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic 4668 // methods. 4669 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void); 4670 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void); 4671 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); 4672 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); 4673 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); 4674 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); 4675 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); 4676 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); 4677 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); 4678 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); 4679 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); 4680 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); 4681 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); 4682 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); 4683 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); 4684 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); 4685 4686 // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success 4687 // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory 4688 // associated with the current connection. 4689 // 4690 // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. 4691 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); 4692 4693 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. 4694 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( 4695 SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); 4696 4697 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. 4698 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, 4699 RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, 4700 int keylength)); 4701 4702 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. 4703 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4704 4705 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. 4706 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4707 4708 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. 4709 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4710 4711 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. 4712 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4713 4714 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. 4715 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4716 4717 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. 4718 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4719 4720 // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. 4721 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4722 4723 // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. 4724 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4725 4726 // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. 4727 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4728 4729 // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. 4730 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4731 4732 // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. 4733 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4734 4735 // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. 4736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl); 4737 4738 // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. 4739 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); 4740 4741 // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. 4742 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4743 4744 // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. 4745 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); 4746 4747 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. 4748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); 4749 4750 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. 4751 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); 4752 4753 // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. 4754 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4755 4756 // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one. 4757 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); 4758 4759 // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. 4760 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl); 4761 4762 // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one. 4763 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes); 4764 4765 // SSL_set_state does nothing. 4766 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); 4767 4768 // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a 4769 // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero. 4770 OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len); 4771 4772 // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero. 4773 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign, 4774 int *phash, int *psignandhash, 4775 uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash); 4776 4777 // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. 4778 #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 4779 4780 // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|. 4781 // 4782 // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. 4783 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); 4784 4785 // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed 4786 // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|. 4787 // 4788 // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. 4789 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, 4790 long length); 4791 4792 // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It 4793 // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error. 4794 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session); 4795 4796 // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a 4797 // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also 4798 // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|. 4799 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out); 4800 4801 // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. 4802 OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); 4803 4804 // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. 4805 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); 4806 4807 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns 4808 // zero on success and one on failure. 4809 // 4810 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 4811 // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. 4812 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4813 const char *profiles); 4814 4815 // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on 4816 // success and one on failure. 4817 // 4818 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 4819 // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. 4820 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); 4821 4822 // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. 4823 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl); 4824 4825 // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. 4826 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl); 4827 4828 // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero. 4829 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key); 4830 4831 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1. 4832 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); 4833 4834 // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1. 4835 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); 4836 4837 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. 4838 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( 4839 SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); 4840 4841 // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. 4842 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, 4843 DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, 4844 int keylength)); 4845 4846 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs 4847 // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an 4848 // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for 4849 // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error. 4850 // 4851 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 4852 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 4853 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 4854 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values, 4855 size_t num_values); 4856 4857 // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where 4858 // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*| 4859 // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on 4860 // them and returns one on success or zero on error. 4861 // 4862 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 4863 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 4864 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 4865 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values, 4866 size_t num_values); 4867 4868 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature 4869 // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero 4870 // on error. See 4871 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for 4872 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. 4873 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL 4874 // doesn't document that). 4875 // 4876 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 4877 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 4878 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 4879 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); 4880 4881 // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature 4882 // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero 4883 // on error. See 4884 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for 4885 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. 4886 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL 4887 // doesn't document that). 4888 // 4889 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 4890 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 4891 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 4892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 4893 4894 #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg))) 4895 #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) 4896 #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ 4897 (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a))) 4898 #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) 4899 #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) 4900 #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ 4901 (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg))) 4902 4903 #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() 4904 #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() 4905 4906 #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 4907 #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ 4908 SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) 4909 #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ 4910 SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 4911 #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ 4912 SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 4913 #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) 4914 #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) 4915 #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) 4916 #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ 4917 SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) 4918 4919 struct ssl_comp_st { 4920 int id; 4921 const char *name; 4922 char *method; 4923 }; 4924 4925 DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) 4926 4927 // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to 4928 // compile code with BoringSSL. 4929 #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 4930 #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 4931 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 4932 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 4933 #define SSL_OP_ALL 0 4934 #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 4935 #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 4936 #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 4937 #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0 4938 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0 4939 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 4940 #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 4941 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 4942 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 4943 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 4944 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 4945 #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 4946 #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0 // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default 4947 #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 4948 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 4949 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0 4950 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 4951 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 4952 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 4953 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 4954 #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 4955 #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 4956 #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 4957 #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0 4958 #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 4959 #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 4960 4961 // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|. 4962 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); 4963 4964 // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. 4965 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); 4966 4967 // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. 4968 // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". 4969 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); 4970 4971 // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings 4972 // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most 4973 // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 4974 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 4975 // to zero to size the output. 4976 // 4977 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 4978 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 4979 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 4980 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 4981 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 4982 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 4983 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out, 4984 size_t max_out); 4985 4986 // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of 4987 // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead. 4988 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); 4989 4990 // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if 4991 // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, 4992 // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf 4993 // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should 4994 // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If 4995 // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return 4996 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 4997 // 4998 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 4999 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. 5000 // 5001 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with 5002 // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently 5003 // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|. 5004 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( 5005 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); 5006 5007 #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE 5008 #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 5009 #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 5010 5011 // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent 5012 // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead. 5013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl); 5014 5015 #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING) 5016 #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING) 5017 5018 // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by 5019 // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has 5020 // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero. 5021 // 5022 // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. 5023 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count); 5024 5025 // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message 5026 // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length 5027 // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns 5028 // zero. 5029 // 5030 // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. 5031 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, 5032 size_t count); 5033 5034 // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long| 5035 // instead. 5036 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); 5037 5038 // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long| 5039 // instead. 5040 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); 5041 5042 // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more 5043 // intelligible string. 5044 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl); 5045 5046 // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings. 5047 #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" 5048 #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" 5049 #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" 5050 #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" 5051 #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" 5052 #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" 5053 #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" 5054 #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" 5055 #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" 5056 #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" 5057 #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" 5058 #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" 5059 #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" 5060 #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" 5061 #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" 5062 #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" 5063 #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" 5064 #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" 5065 #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" 5066 #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" 5067 #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" 5068 #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" 5069 #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" 5070 #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" 5071 #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" 5072 #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" 5073 #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" 5074 #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" 5075 #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" 5076 #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" 5077 #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" 5078 #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" 5079 #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" 5080 #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" 5081 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" 5082 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" 5083 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" 5084 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3" 5085 #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" 5086 #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" 5087 5088 typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; 5089 5090 // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK| 5091 // otherwise. 5092 // 5093 // Use |SSL_is_init| instead. 5094 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); 5095 5096 #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl) 5097 5098 // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see 5099 // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or 5100 // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to 5101 // believe the events already happened. 5102 // 5103 // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been 5104 // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be 5105 // ignored. 5106 // 5107 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead. 5108 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); 5109 5110 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list 5111 // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. 5112 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); 5113 5114 // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing 5115 // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. 5116 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); 5117 5118 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM) 5119 // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls 5120 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success 5121 // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit 5122 // library. 5123 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 5124 const char *dir); 5125 #endif 5126 5127 // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. 5128 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); 5129 5130 // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. 5131 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); 5132 5133 // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note 5134 // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably 5135 // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate). 5136 // 5137 // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this. 5138 OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); 5139 5140 // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must 5141 // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will 5142 // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something 5143 // other than one on error. 5144 OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership); 5145 5146 // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one. 5147 #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1 5148 5149 // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one. 5150 #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1 5151 5152 // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For 5153 // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state. 5154 // 5155 // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the 5156 // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished 5157 // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently 5158 // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress. 5159 // 5160 // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use 5161 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is 5162 // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an 5163 // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed. 5164 // 5165 // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object. 5166 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); 5167 5168 // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. 5169 #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session 5170 5171 // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to 5172 // the session. 5173 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); 5174 5175 #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 5176 #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 5177 #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0 5178 5179 // OPENSSL_init_ssl calls |CRYPTO_library_init| and returns one. 5180 OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts, 5181 const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); 5182 5183 // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption 5184 // keys. Use the new names instead. 5185 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 5186 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 5187 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 5188 5189 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if 5190 // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one 5191 // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed. 5192 // 5193 // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead. 5194 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type); 5195 5196 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client 5197 // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the 5198 // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g., 5199 // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the 5200 // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The 5201 // result is undefined after the handshake completes. 5202 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl); 5203 5204 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on 5205 // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which 5206 // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|. 5207 // 5208 // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead. 5209 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp, 5210 size_t resp_len); 5211 5212 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response 5213 // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no 5214 // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero. 5215 // 5216 // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead. 5217 // 5218 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 5219 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl, 5220 const uint8_t **out); 5221 5222 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and 5223 // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has 5224 // different behavior for client and server connections: 5225 // 5226 // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should 5227 // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number 5228 // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification. 5229 // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP 5230 // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are 5231 // available during verification.) 5232 // 5233 // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility 5234 // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It 5235 // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to 5236 // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually 5237 // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat 5238 // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT 5239 // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if 5240 // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline. 5241 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 5242 int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, 5243 void *arg)); 5244 5245 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for 5246 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one. 5247 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 5248 5249 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when 5250 // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the 5251 // naming convention. 5252 // 5253 // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and 5254 // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL. 5255 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \ 5256 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 5257 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \ 5258 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 5259 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 5260 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ 5261 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 5262 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \ 5263 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 5264 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 5265 5266 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|. 5267 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 5268 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 5269 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 5270 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 5271 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519 5272 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 5273 5274 // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|. 5275 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl); 5276 5277 // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|. 5278 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); 5279 5280 // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|. 5281 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); 5282 5283 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|. 5284 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, 5285 size_t num_curves); 5286 5287 // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|. 5288 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, 5289 size_t num_curves); 5290 5291 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|. 5292 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves); 5293 5294 // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|. 5295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves); 5296 5297 // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for 5298 // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never 5299 // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility. 5300 #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000 5301 5302 5303 // Compliance policy configurations 5304 // 5305 // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well 5306 // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions 5307 // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration 5308 // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different 5309 // parameters of a TLS connection. 5310 5311 enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 5312 // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this 5313 // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it. 5314 ssl_compliance_policy_none, 5315 5316 // ssl_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use: 5317 // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3 5318 // * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*. 5319 // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM 5320 // * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement. 5321 // * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA 5322 // with P-256 or P-384. 5323 // 5324 // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in 5325 // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that. 5326 // 5327 // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not 5328 // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended. 5329 ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205, 5330 5331 // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use: 5332 // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3. 5333 // * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384. 5334 // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM. 5335 // * P-384 for key agreement. 5336 // * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA 5337 // with SHA-384 or SHA-512. 5338 // 5339 // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed, 5340 // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit" 5341 // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must 5342 // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as 5343 // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`. 5344 // 5345 // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The 5346 // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384 5347 // dominate other considerations. 5348 ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304, 5349 }; 5350 5351 // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on 5352 // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that 5353 // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final 5354 // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a 5355 // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|. 5356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy( 5357 SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); 5358 5359 // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|, 5360 // but only configures a single |SSL*|. 5361 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy( 5362 SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); 5363 5364 5365 // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden). 5366 // 5367 // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the 5368 // need for them over time. 5369 5370 #define SSLerr(function, reason) \ 5371 ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__) 5372 5373 5374 // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden). 5375 // 5376 // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and 5377 // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this 5378 // section defines a number of legacy macros. 5379 // 5380 // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is 5381 // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and 5382 // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. 5383 // 5384 // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding 5385 // functions. 5386 // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values 5387 5388 #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist 5389 #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist 5390 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist 5391 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist 5392 #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist 5393 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5394 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist 5395 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist 5396 #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist 5397 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5398 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist 5399 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist 5400 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5401 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist 5402 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist 5403 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist 5404 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist 5405 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist 5406 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist 5407 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist 5408 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist 5409 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist 5410 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist 5411 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist 5412 #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist 5413 #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist 5414 #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist 5415 #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist 5416 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist 5417 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist 5418 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist 5419 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist 5420 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist 5421 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist 5422 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist 5423 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist 5424 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist 5425 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist 5426 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist 5427 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist 5428 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist 5429 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist 5430 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist 5431 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist 5432 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist 5433 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist 5434 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist 5435 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist 5436 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist 5437 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist 5438 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist 5439 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist 5440 5441 // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there 5442 // is no need to define conflicting macros. 5443 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) 5444 5445 #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout 5446 #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout 5447 #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert 5448 #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert 5449 #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert 5450 #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs 5451 #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs 5452 #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode 5453 #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options 5454 #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs 5455 #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs 5456 #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list 5457 #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode 5458 #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options 5459 #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead 5460 #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode 5461 #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys 5462 #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA 5463 #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size 5464 #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number 5465 #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size 5466 #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain 5467 #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain 5468 #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves 5469 #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups 5470 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list 5471 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment 5472 #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode 5473 #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg 5474 #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options 5475 #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead 5476 #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode 5477 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg 5478 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ 5479 SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback 5480 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb 5481 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys 5482 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh 5483 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh 5484 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa 5485 #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert 5486 #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert 5487 #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs 5488 #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode 5489 #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options 5490 #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types 5491 #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs 5492 #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list 5493 #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode 5494 #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group 5495 #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options 5496 #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ 5497 SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support 5498 #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA 5499 #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations 5500 #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused 5501 #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain 5502 #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain 5503 #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves 5504 #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups 5505 #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list 5506 #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment 5507 #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode 5508 #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg 5509 #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu 5510 #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options 5511 #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name 5512 #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh 5513 #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh 5514 #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa 5515 #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations 5516 5517 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) 5518 5519 5520 #if defined(__cplusplus) 5521 } // extern C 5522 5523 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) 5524 5525 extern "C++" { 5526 5527 BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN 5528 5529 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free) 5530 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free) 5531 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref) 5532 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free) 5533 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref) 5534 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free) 5535 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref) 5536 5537 5538 // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE *** 5539 // 5540 // Split handshakes. 5541 // 5542 // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very 5543 // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between 5544 // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not 5545 // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks 5546 // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the 5547 // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints 5548 // to reduce the risk of service outages. 5549 // 5550 // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be 5551 // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data 5552 // exchange. This only applies to servers. 5553 // 5554 // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has 5555 // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the 5556 // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and 5557 // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only 5558 // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff” 5559 // state of the connection. 5560 // 5561 // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue 5562 // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and 5563 // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error| 5564 // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to 5565 // serialize the state of the handshake again. 5566 // 5567 // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with 5568 // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly 5569 // as normal. 5570 // 5571 // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not 5572 // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back 5573 // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact. 5574 // 5575 // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2. 5576 // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be 5577 // fatal. 5578 // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be 5579 // protected. 5580 // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example, 5581 // calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't 5582 // work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available. 5583 // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls. 5584 5585 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on); 5586 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on); 5587 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out, 5588 SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello); 5589 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl); 5590 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff); 5591 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 5592 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback); 5593 5594 // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and 5595 // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the TLS 1.3 traffic secrets for 5596 // |ssl|. This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have 5597 // completed the handshake. It returns true on success and false on error. 5598 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets( 5599 const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret, 5600 Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret); 5601 5602 // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to 5603 // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value| 5604 // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is 5605 // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware 5606 // support is not present. 5607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing( 5608 SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value); 5609 5610 // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as 5611 // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|. 5612 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl, 5613 bool override_value); 5614 5615 BSSL_NAMESPACE_END 5616 5617 } // extern C++ 5618 5619 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) 5620 5621 #endif 5622 5623 #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 5624 #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 5625 #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 5626 #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 5627 #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 5628 #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 5629 #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 5630 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 5631 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 5632 #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109 5633 #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110 5634 #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111 5635 #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112 5636 #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113 5637 #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114 5638 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115 5639 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116 5640 #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117 5641 #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118 5642 #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119 5643 #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120 5644 #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121 5645 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122 5646 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123 5647 #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124 5648 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125 5649 #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126 5650 #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127 5651 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128 5652 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129 5653 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130 5654 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131 5655 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132 5656 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133 5657 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134 5658 #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135 5659 #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136 5660 #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137 5661 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138 5662 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139 5663 #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140 5664 #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141 5665 #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142 5666 #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143 5667 #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144 5668 #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145 5669 #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146 5670 #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147 5671 #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148 5672 #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149 5673 #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150 5674 #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151 5675 #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152 5676 #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153 5677 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154 5678 #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155 5679 #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156 5680 #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157 5681 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158 5682 #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159 5683 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160 5684 #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161 5685 #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162 5686 #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164 5687 #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165 5688 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166 5689 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167 5690 #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168 5691 #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169 5692 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170 5693 #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171 5694 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172 5695 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173 5696 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174 5697 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175 5698 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176 5699 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177 5700 #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178 5701 #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179 5702 #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181 5703 #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182 5704 #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183 5705 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184 5706 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185 5707 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186 5708 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187 5709 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188 5710 #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189 5711 #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190 5712 #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191 5713 #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192 5714 #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193 5715 #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194 5716 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195 5717 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196 5718 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197 5719 #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198 5720 #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199 5721 #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200 5722 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201 5723 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202 5724 #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203 5725 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204 5726 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205 5727 #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206 5728 #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207 5729 #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208 5730 #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209 5731 #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210 5732 #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211 5733 #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212 5734 #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213 5735 #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214 5736 #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215 5737 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216 5738 #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217 5739 #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218 5740 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219 5741 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220 5742 #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221 5743 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222 5744 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223 5745 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224 5746 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225 5747 #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226 5748 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227 5749 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228 5750 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229 5751 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230 5752 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231 5753 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232 5754 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233 5755 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234 5756 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235 5757 #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236 5758 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237 5759 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238 5760 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239 5761 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240 5762 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241 5763 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242 5764 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243 5765 #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244 5766 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245 5767 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246 5768 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247 5769 #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248 5770 #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249 5771 #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250 5772 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251 5773 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252 5774 #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253 5775 #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254 5776 #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255 5777 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256 5778 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257 5779 #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258 5780 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259 5781 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260 5782 #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261 5783 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262 5784 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263 5785 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264 5786 #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265 5787 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266 5788 #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267 5789 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268 5790 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269 5791 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270 5792 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271 5793 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272 5794 #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273 5795 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274 5796 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275 5797 #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276 5798 #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277 5799 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278 5800 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279 5801 #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280 5802 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_INSTEAD_OF_HANDSHAKE 281 5803 #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282 5804 #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283 5805 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284 5806 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285 5807 #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286 5808 #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287 5809 #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288 5810 #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289 5811 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290 5812 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291 5813 #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292 5814 #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293 5815 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294 5816 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295 5817 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296 5818 #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297 5819 #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298 5820 #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299 5821 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300 5822 #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301 5823 #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302 5824 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303 5825 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304 5826 #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305 5827 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306 5828 #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307 5829 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308 5830 #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309 5831 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310 5832 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311 5833 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312 5834 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313 5835 #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314 5836 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315 5837 #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316 5838 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317 5839 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318 5840 #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319 5841 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320 5842 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321 5843 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322 5844 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 5845 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 5846 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 5847 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 5848 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 5849 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 5850 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 5851 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 5852 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 5853 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 5854 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 5855 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 5856 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 5857 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 5858 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 5859 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 5860 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 5861 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 5862 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 5863 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 5864 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 5865 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 5866 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 5867 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 5868 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 5869 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 5870 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 5871 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 5872 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 5873 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 5874 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115 5875 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116 5876 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120 5877 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121 5878 5879 #endif // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 5880